blob: d8e49c7d694109ba13f3c394091c195c94817cf3 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000021#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
24#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000028using namespace clang;
29
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000030
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000031/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
32/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
33///
34/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
35/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
36/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
37/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
38/// function is being used.
39///
40/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
41/// referenced), false otherwise.
42bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000043 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000044 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
46 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
47 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000048 bool isSilenced = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000049
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000050 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
51 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
52 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000053 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000054
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000055 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
56 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
57 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
58 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
59 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
60 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
61 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000062
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +000063 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000065 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000066 }
67 }
68 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000069
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000070 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000071 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
72 }
73
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000075 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000076 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
77 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
78 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
79 return true;
80 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000081 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000082
83 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000084 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000085 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000086 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
87 }
88
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000089 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000090}
91
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000092/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000093/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000094/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
95///
96void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000097 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000099 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000120 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 // block or function pointer call.
132 QualType Ty = V->getType();
133 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000134 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000135 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
136 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000137 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
138 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
139 unsigned k;
140 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
141 if (nullPos)
142 --nullPos;
143 else
144 ++i;
145 }
146 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
147 }
148 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
149 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000150 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000151 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000152 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000153 return;
154
155 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000158 return;
159 }
160 int sentinel = i;
161 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
162 --sentinelPos;
163 ++i;
164 }
165 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000167 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000168 return;
169 }
170 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
171 ++i;
172 ++sentinel;
173 }
174 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
175 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000176 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
177 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000178 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000179 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000180 }
181 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000182}
183
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000184SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
185 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
186 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
187}
188
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000189//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
190// Standard Promotions and Conversions
191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
192
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000193/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
194void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
195 QualType Ty = E->getType();
196 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
197
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000198 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000199 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000200 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000201 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
202 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
203 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
204 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
205 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
206 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
207 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000208 //
209 // C++ 4.2p1:
210 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
211 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
212 //
213 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
214 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000215 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
216 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000218}
219
220/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000221/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000222/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
223/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
224/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
225Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
226 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
227 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000228
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
230 //
231 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
232 // unsigned int may be used:
233 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
234 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
235 // and unsigned int.
236 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
237 //
238 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
239 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
240 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
241 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000242 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
243 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
244 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy);
245 return Expr;
246 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000247 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000248 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000250 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000251 }
252
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000253 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000254 return Expr;
255}
256
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000257/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000259/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
260void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
261 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
262 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000265 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000266 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
267 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
270}
271
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000272/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
273/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
274/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
275/// completely illegal.
276bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000277 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000278
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000279 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
280 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
281 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
282 << Expr->getType() << CT;
283 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000284 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000285
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000286 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
287 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT;
289
290 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000291}
292
293
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
295/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000296/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000297/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
298/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
299/// GCC.
300QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
301 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000302 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000303 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000306
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000307 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000308 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000309 QualType lhs =
310 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000311 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000312 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
314 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
315 if (lhs == rhs)
316 return lhs;
317
318 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
319 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
320 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
321 return lhs;
322
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000323 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000324 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000325 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
326 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000327 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000328 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
329 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
330
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000331 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000332 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000333 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000334 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000335 return destType;
336}
337
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
339// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
340//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
341
342
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000343/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000344/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
345/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
346/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
347/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000348///
349Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000351 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
352
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000353 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000354 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000356
357 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
358 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
359 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000360
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000361 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000362 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000363 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000364
365 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
366 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
367 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000368
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000369 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
370 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
371 // strings.
372 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000373 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000374 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000375
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000376 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000377 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000378 Literal.GetStringLength(),
379 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
380 &StringTokLocs[0],
381 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000382}
383
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000384/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
385/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
386/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
387/// for values inside the block or for globals).
388///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000389/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
390/// up-to-date.
391///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000392static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
393 ValueDecl *VD) {
394 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
395 // we wanted to.
396 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
397 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000398
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000399 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
400 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
401 return false;
402
403 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
404 // snapshot it.
405 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
406 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000407 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
408 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000410 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
411 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
412
413 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
414 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
415 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
416 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
417 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
418 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
419 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
420 // having a reference outside it.
421 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
422 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000423
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000424 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
425 // a snapshot as well.
426 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
427 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000429 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430}
431
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000432
433
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000434/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000435/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000436/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000437/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000438/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000439Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
440 IdentifierInfo &II,
441 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000442 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
443 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
444 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000445 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000446}
447
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000448/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
449/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
450/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000451Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000452Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
453 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
454 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000455 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
456 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000457 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000458 << D->getDeclName();
459 return ExprError();
460 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000461
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000462 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
463 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
464 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
465 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000466 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000467 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000468 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000469 << D->getIdentifier();
470 return ExprError();
471 }
472 }
473 }
474 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000475
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000476 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000477
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000478 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000479 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000480 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000481 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000482 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000483 } else
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000484 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000486 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000487}
488
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
490/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
491/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000492static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
493 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000494 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000496
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000497 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
498 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
499 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000501 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000502 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000503 D != DEnd; ++D) {
504 if (*D == Record) {
505 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
506 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
507 ++D;
508 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000509 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000510 return *D;
511 }
512 }
513
514 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
515 return 0;
516}
517
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000518/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
519/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
520/// actual member.
521///
522/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
523/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
524/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
525/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
526/// we found.
527///
528/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
529/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
530/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
531VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
532 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
534 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
535 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
536
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000537 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000538 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
539 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
540 do {
541 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000542 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000543 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000544 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000545 else {
546 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
547 break;
548 }
549 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000550 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000551 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000552
553 return BaseObject;
554}
555
556Sema::OwningExprResult
557Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
558 FieldDecl *Field,
559 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
560 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
561 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000562 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000563 AnonFields);
564
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000565 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
566 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
567 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
568 // found via name lookup.
569 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000570 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000571 if (BaseObject) {
572 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
573 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000574 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000575 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000576 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000577 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000578 BaseQuals
579 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
581 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
582 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
583 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
584 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000585 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000586 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
587 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
588 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000589 BaseQuals
590 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000591 } else {
592 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
593 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
594 // program our base object expression is "this".
595 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
596 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000597 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000598 = Context.getTagDeclType(
599 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
600 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000601 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
603 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
604 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000605 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000606 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000607 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
608 }
609 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000610 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
611 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000612 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000613 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 }
615
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000616 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000617 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
618 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000619 }
620
621 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
622 // anonymous struct/union.
623 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000624 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000625 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
626 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
627 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
628 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000629 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
630 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
631
632 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
633 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
634 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
635 ResultQuals.removeConst();
636
637 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
638 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
639
640 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
641 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
642
643 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
644 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
645 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
646
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000647 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000648 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000649 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
650 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000651 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000652 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000653 }
654
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000655 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000656}
657
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000658/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
659/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
660/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
661/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
662/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
663/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
664/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
665/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
666/// forms.
667///
668/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
669/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
670/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
671/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000672///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000673/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
674/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
675/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
676/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000677Sema::OwningExprResult
678Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
679 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000680 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000681 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000682 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000683 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
684 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000685
686 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
687 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
688 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
689 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000690 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000691 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000692 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000693 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000694 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
695 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000696 }
697
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000698 LookupResult Lookup;
699 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000700
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000701 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
702 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
703 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
704 : SourceRange());
705 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000706 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000707
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000708 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000709
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000710 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
711 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000712 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
713 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000714 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
715 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000716 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
717 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000718 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000719 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000720 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000721 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000722 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000723 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000724 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
725 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000726
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000727 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
728 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
729 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
730 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000731
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000732 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
733 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
734 // an error.
735 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
736 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
737 << IV->getDeclName());
738 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
739 // same name exists, use the global.
740 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000741 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
742 ClassDeclared != IFace)
743 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000744 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
745 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000746 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisecd1bae2009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000747 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
748 II, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000749 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000750 return Owned(new (Context)
751 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000752 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000753 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000754 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000755 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000756 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
757 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000758 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000759 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000760 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
761 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000762 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000763 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000764 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000765 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000766 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000767 QualType T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000768
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000769 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000770 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
771 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000772 else
773 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000774 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000775 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000776 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000777
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000778 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
779 // argument-dependent lookup.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000780 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000781 HasTrailingLParen;
782
783 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000784 // We've seen something of the form
785 //
786 // identifier(
787 //
788 // and we did not find any entity by the name
789 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
790 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
791 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
792 Context.OverloadTy,
793 Loc));
794 }
795
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000796 if (D == 0) {
797 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
798 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000799 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000800 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000801 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000802 else {
803 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
804 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000805 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
806 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
807 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
808 << SS->getRange());
809 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000810 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000811 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
812 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000813 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000814 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000815 }
816 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000817
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000818 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
819 // Warn about constructs like:
820 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
821 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000822
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000823 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
824 // information to check this property.
825 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
826 Scope *CheckS = S;
827 while (CheckS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000828 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000829 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
830 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
831 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
832 << Var->getDeclName());
833 else
834 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
835 << Var->getDeclName());
836 break;
837 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000838
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000839 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
840 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
841 if (CheckS)
842 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
843 }
844 }
845 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
846 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
847 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
848 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
849 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
850 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
851 // type.
852 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
853 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000854
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000855 QualType T = Func->getType();
856 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000857 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000858 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
859 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
860 }
861 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000862
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000863 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
864}
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000865/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000866bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000867Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
868 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000869 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000870 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000871 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000872 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000873 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
874 return false;
875 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
876 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000877 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000878 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
879 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000880 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000881 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
882 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
883 DestRecordType,
884 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
885 From->getSourceRange()))
886 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000887 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
888 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000889 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000890 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000891}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000892
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000893/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000894static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
895 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000896 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
897 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000898 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000899 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000900 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000901 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
902 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
903 Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000904
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000905 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
906}
907
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000908/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
909Sema::OwningExprResult
910Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
911 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000912 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000913 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
914 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
915 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000916
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000917 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
918 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
919 // not any specific instance's member.
920 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000921 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000922 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000923 QualType DType;
924 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
925 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
926 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
927 DType = Method->getType();
928 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
929 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
930 }
931 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
932 if (!DType.isNull()) {
933 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
934 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000935 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000936 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000937 }
938 }
939 }
940
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000941 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
942 // (C++ [class.union]).
943 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
944 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
945 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000946
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000947 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
948 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000949 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000950 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
951 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
952 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
953 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
954 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
955 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
956 QualType MemberType;
957 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
958 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
959 MemberType = FD->getType();
960
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000961 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000962 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000963 else if (!FD->isMutable())
964 MemberType
965 = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType,
966 Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000967 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
968 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
969 Ctx = Method->getParent();
970 MemberType = Method->getType();
971 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000972 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000973 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000974 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000975 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000976 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000977 Ctx = Method->getParent();
978 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
979 }
980 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000981 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000982 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000983 // FIXME: We need an abstraction for iterating over one or more function
984 // templates or functions. This code is far too repetitive!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000985 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000986 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
987 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
988 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000989 CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000990 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000991 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func))
992 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
993 else
994 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func);
995
996 if (DMethod && !DMethod->isStatic()) {
997 Ctx = DMethod->getDeclContext();
998 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
999 break;
1000 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001001 }
1002 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001003
1004 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001005 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1006 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001007 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001008 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1009 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1010 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001011 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001012 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001013 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001014 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1015 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001016
Anders Carlssoned90c4e2009-09-11 05:54:14 +00001017 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
1018 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1019 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
1020 // explicitly qualified.
1021 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
1022 ShouldCheckUse = false;
1023 }
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001024
Anders Carlssoned90c4e2009-09-11 05:54:14 +00001025 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
Anders Carlsson0f44b5a2009-08-08 16:55:18 +00001026 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001027 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D,
1028 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001029 }
1030 }
1031 }
1032 }
1033
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001034 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001035 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1036 if (MD->isStatic())
1037 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001038 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1039 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001040 }
1041
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001042 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1043 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1044 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001045 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1046 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001047 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001048
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001049 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001050 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001051 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001052 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001053 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001054 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001055
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001056 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001057 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001058 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1059 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001060 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001061 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1062 false, false, SS);
Anders Carlsson598da5b2009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001063 else if (UnresolvedUsingDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingDecl>(D))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001064 return BuildDeclRefExpr(UD, Context.DependentTy, Loc,
1065 /*TypeDependent=*/true,
Anders Carlsson598da5b2009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001066 /*ValueDependent=*/true, SS);
1067
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001068 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001069
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001070 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1071 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1072 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1073 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001074 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001075 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001076 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1077 return ExprError();
1078
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001079 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1080 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001081 return ExprError();
1082
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001083 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1084 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1085 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1086 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001087 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001088 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1089 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1090 //
1091 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001092 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001093 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001094 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001095 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001096 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001097 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1098 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001099 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001100
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001101 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001102 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001103 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001104 }
1105 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1106 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001107
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001108 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001109 bool ValueDependent = false;
1110 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1111 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001112 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001113 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1114 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1115 TypeDependent = true;
1116 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1117 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1118 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1119 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1120 TypeDependent = true;
1121 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1122 // names a dependent type.
1123 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001124 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001125 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1126 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001127 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001128 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1129 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1130 TypeDependent = true;
1131 break;
1132 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001133 }
1134 }
1135 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001136
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001137 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1138 //
1139 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1140 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1141 if (TypeDependent)
1142 ValueDependent = true;
1143 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1144 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1145 ValueDependent = true;
1146 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1147 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001148 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001149 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001150 Dcl->getInit()) {
1151 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1152 }
1153 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001154 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001155
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001156 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1157 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001158}
1159
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001160Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1161 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001162 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001163
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001164 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001165 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001166 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1167 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1168 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001169 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001170
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001171 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1172 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001173
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001174 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1175 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001176 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001177 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001178 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001179
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001180 QualType ResTy;
1181 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1182 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1183 } else {
1184 unsigned Length =
1185 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001186
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001187 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001188 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001189 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1190 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001191 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001192}
1193
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001194Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001195 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1196 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1197 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1198 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001199
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001200 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1201 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1202 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001203 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001204
1205 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1206
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001207 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1208 Literal.isWide(),
1209 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001210}
1211
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001212Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1213 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001214 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1215 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001216 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001217 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001218 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001219 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001220 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001221
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001222 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001223 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1224 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001225 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001226
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001227 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1228 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001229
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001230 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001231 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1232 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001233 return ExprError();
1234
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001235 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001236
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001237 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001238 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001239 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001240 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001241 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001242 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001243 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001244 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001245
1246 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1247
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001248 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1249 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001250 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1251 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001252
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001253 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001254 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001255 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001256 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001257
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001258 // long long is a C99 feature.
1259 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001260 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001261 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1262
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001263 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001264 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001265
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001266 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1267 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1268 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001269 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1270 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001271 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001272 } else {
1273 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1274 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001275
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001276 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1277 // be an unsigned int.
1278 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1279
1280 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001281 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001282 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1283 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001284 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001285
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001286 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1287 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1288 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1289 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001290 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001291 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001292 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001293 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001294 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001295 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001296
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001297 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001298 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001299 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001300
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001301 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1302 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1303 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1304 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001305 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001306 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001307 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001308 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001309 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001310 }
1311
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001312 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001313 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001314 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001315
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001316 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1317 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1318 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1319 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001320 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001321 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001322 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001323 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001324 }
1325 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001326
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001327 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1328 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001329 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001330 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001331 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001332 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001333 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001334
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001335 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1336 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001337 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001338 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001339 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001340
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001341 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1342 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001343 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001344 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001345
1346 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001347}
1348
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001349Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1350 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001351 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001352 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001353 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001354}
1355
1356/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1357/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001358bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001359 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1360 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1361 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001362 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1363 return false;
1364
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001365 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001366 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001367 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001368 if (isSizeof)
1369 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1370 return false;
1371 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001372
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001373 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001374 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001375 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1376 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001377 return false;
1378 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001379
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001380 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001381 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001382 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1383 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001384 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001385
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001386 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001387 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001388 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001389 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1390 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001391 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001392
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001393 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001394}
1395
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001396bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1397 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1398 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001399
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001400 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001401 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1402 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001403
1404 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1405 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1406 return false;
1407
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001408 if (E->getBitField()) {
1409 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1410 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001411 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001412
1413 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1414 // bit-field.
1415 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001416 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001417 return false;
1418
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001419 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1420}
1421
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001422/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001423Action::OwningExprResult
1424Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001425 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1426 if (T.isNull())
1427 return ExprError();
1428
1429 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1430 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1431 return ExprError();
1432
1433 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1434 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1435 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1436 R.getEnd()));
1437}
1438
1439/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1440/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001441Action::OwningExprResult
1442Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001443 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1444 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1445 bool isInvalid = false;
1446 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1447 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1448 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1449 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001450 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001451 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1452 isInvalid = true;
1453 } else {
1454 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1455 }
1456
1457 if (isInvalid)
1458 return ExprError();
1459
1460 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1461 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1462 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1463 R.getEnd()));
1464}
1465
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001466/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1467/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1468/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001469Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001470Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1471 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001472 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001473 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001474
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001475 if (isType) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00001476 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
1477 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx);
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001478 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001479 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001480
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001481 // Get the end location.
1482 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1483 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1484 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1485
1486 if (Result.isInvalid())
1487 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1488
1489 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001490}
1491
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001492QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001493 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1494 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001495
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001496 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001497 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001498 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001499
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001500 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1501 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1502 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001503
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001504 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001505 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1506 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001507 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001508}
1509
1510
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001511
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001512Action::OwningExprResult
1513Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1514 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001515 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1516 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001517 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001518
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001519 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1520 switch (Kind) {
1521 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1522 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1523 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1524 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001525
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001526 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1527 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1528 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001529 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001530 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1531
1532 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1533 //
1534 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1535 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1536 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1537 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1538 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1539 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1540 // argument will have value zero.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001541 Expr *Args[2] = {
1542 Arg,
1543 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001544 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001545 };
1546
1547 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1548 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001549 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001550
1551 // Perform overload resolution.
1552 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001553 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001554 case OR_Success: {
1555 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1556 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1557
1558 if (FnDecl) {
1559 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1560 // operator.
1561
1562 // Convert the arguments.
1563 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1564 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001565 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001566 } else {
1567 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001568 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001569 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1570 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001571 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001572 }
1573
1574 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson07d68f12009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001575 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001576
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001577 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001578 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001579 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001580 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1581
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001582 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001583 Args[0] = Arg;
Anders Carlsson07d68f12009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001584
1585 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
1586 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp,
1587 FnExpr, Args, 2,
1588 ResultTy, OpLoc));
1589
1590 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
1591 FnDecl))
1592 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson3a9439f2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001593 return Owned(TheCall.release());
1594
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001595 } else {
1596 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1597 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1598 // operator node.
1599 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1600 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001601 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001602
1603 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001604 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001605 }
1606
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00001607 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
1608 // No viable function; try checking this as a built-in operator, which
1609 // will fail and provide a diagnostic. Then, print the overload
1610 // candidates.
1611 OwningExprResult Result = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
1612 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
1613 "C++ postfix-unary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
1614 if (Result.isInvalid())
1615 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1616
1617 return move(Result);
1618 }
1619
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001620 case OR_Ambiguous:
1621 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1622 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1623 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1624 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001625 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001626
1627 case OR_Deleted:
1628 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1629 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1630 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1631 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1632 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1633 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001634 }
1635
1636 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1637 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1638 // build a built-in operation.
1639 }
1640
Eli Friedman6016cb22009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001641 Input.release();
1642 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001643 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001644}
1645
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001646Action::OwningExprResult
1647Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1648 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001649 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1650 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1651
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001652 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1653 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001654
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001655 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001656 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1657 Base.release();
1658 Idx.release();
1659 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1660 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1661 }
1662
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001663 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001664 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001665 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1666 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1667 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001668 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001669 // to the candidate set.
1670 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1671 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001672 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1673 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001674
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001675 // Perform overload resolution.
1676 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001677 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001678 case OR_Success: {
1679 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1680 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1681
1682 if (FnDecl) {
1683 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1684 // operator.
1685
1686 // Convert the arguments.
1687 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1688 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001689 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001690 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1691 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001692 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001693 } else {
1694 // Convert the arguments.
1695 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1696 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1697 "passing") ||
1698 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1699 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1700 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001701 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001702 }
1703
1704 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson3a9439f2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001705 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001706
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001707 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001708 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1709 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001710 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1711
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001712 Base.release();
1713 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001714 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1715 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Anders Carlsson3a9439f2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001716
1717 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
1718 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1719 FnExpr, Args, 2,
1720 ResultTy, RLoc));
1721 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
1722 FnDecl))
1723 return ExprError();
1724
1725 return Owned(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001726 } else {
1727 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1728 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1729 // operator node.
1730 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1731 "passing") ||
1732 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1733 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001734 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001735
1736 break;
1737 }
1738 }
1739
1740 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1741 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1742 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1743 break;
1744
1745 case OR_Ambiguous:
1746 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1747 << "[]"
1748 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1749 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001750 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001751
1752 case OR_Deleted:
1753 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1754 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1755 << "[]"
1756 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1757 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1758 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001759 }
1760
1761 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1762 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1763 // build a built-in operation.
1764 }
1765
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001766 // Perform default conversions.
1767 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1768 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001769
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001770 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001771
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001772 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001773 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001774 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001775 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001776 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1777 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001778 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1779 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1780 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1781 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001782 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001783 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1784 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001785 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001786 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001787 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001788 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1789 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001790 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001791 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001792 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001793 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1794 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1795 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001796 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001797 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001798 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1799 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1800 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1801 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001802 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001803 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001804 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001805
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001806 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1807 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001808 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1809 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1810 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1811 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1812 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1813 // force the promotion here.
1814 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1815 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1816 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1817 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1818
1819 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1820 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001821 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001822 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1823 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1824 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1825 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1826 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1827 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1828
1829 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1830 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001831 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001832 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001833 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1834 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001835 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001836 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001837 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1838 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001839 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1840 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001841
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001842 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001843 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1844 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001845 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1846
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001847 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001848 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1849 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001850 // incomplete types are not object types.
1851 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1852 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1853 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1854 return ExprError();
1855 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001856
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001857 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001858 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001859 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1860 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001861 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001862
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001863 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1864 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1865 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1866 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1867 return ExprError();
1868 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001869
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001870 Base.release();
1871 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001872 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001873 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001874}
1875
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001876QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001877CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001878 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001879 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001880 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001881
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001882 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001883 const char *compStr = CompName->getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001884
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001885 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001886 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1887 // to be selected.
1888 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001889
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001890 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1891 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001892 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001893
1894 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1895 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001896 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001897 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1898 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001899 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001900 do
1901 compStr++;
1902 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001903 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001904 do
1905 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001906 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001907 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001908
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001909 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001910 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1911 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001912 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1913 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001914 return QualType();
1915 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001916
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001917 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1918 // operates on.
1919 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001920 compStr = CompName->getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001921
1922 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001923 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001924
1925 while (*compStr) {
1926 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1927 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1928 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1929 return QualType();
1930 }
1931 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001932 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001933
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001934 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1935 // number of elements.
1936 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001937 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001938 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001939 return QualType();
1940 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001941
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001942 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001943 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001944 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001945 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001946 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001947 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001948 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001949 if (HexSwizzle)
1950 CompSize--;
1951
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001952 if (CompSize == 1)
1953 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001954
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001955 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001956 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001957 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1958 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1959 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1960 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001961 }
1962 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001963}
1964
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001965static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001966 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001967 const Selector &Sel,
1968 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001969
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001970 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001971 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001972 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001973 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001974
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001975 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1976 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001977 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001978 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001979 return D;
1980 }
1981 return 0;
1982}
1983
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001984static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001985 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001986 const Selector &Sel,
1987 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001988 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1989 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001990 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001991 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001992 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001993 GDecl = PD;
1994 break;
1995 }
1996 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001997 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001998 GDecl = OMD;
1999 break;
2000 }
2001 }
2002 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002003 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002004 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2005 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002006 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002007 if (GDecl)
2008 return GDecl;
2009 }
2010 }
2011 return GDecl;
2012}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002013
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002014Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002015Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002016 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002017 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002018 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2019 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
2020 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2021 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2022 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002023 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2024 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002025 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
2026 return ExprError();
2027
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002028 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2029 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2030
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002031 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002032 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002033
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002034 // Perform default conversions.
2035 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002036
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002037 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002038 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2039 // use that.
2040 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
2041 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2042 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2043 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2044 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
2045 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
2046 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002047 }
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002048 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002049
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002050 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2051 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
2052 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2053 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2054 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2055 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2056 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2057 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2058 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2059 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2060 // Check the use of this method.
2061 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2062 return ExprError();
2063 }
2064 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2065 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2066 Selector SetterSel =
2067 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2068 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2069 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2070 if (!Setter) {
2071 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2072 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002073 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002074 }
2075 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2076 if (!Setter)
2077 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2078
2079 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2080 return ExprError();
2081
2082 if (Getter || Setter) {
2083 QualType PType;
2084
2085 if (Getter)
2086 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2087 else
2088 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2089 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2090 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2091 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2092 PType,
2093 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2094 }
2095 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2096 << MemberName << BaseType);
2097 }
2098 }
2099
2100 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2101 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2102 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
2103 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
2104 }
2105
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002106 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2107 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002108 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002109 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2110 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2111 if (SS) {
2112 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2113 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2114 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2115 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002116
2117 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002118 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002119 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002120 FirstQualifierInScope,
2121 MemberName,
2122 MemberLoc,
2123 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2124 LAngleLoc,
2125 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2126 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2127 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002128 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002129 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002130 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002131 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2132 ;
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002133 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002134 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2135 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2136 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002137 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002138 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002139 // (so we'll report an error for)
2140 // T* t;
2141 // t.f;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002142 //
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002143 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2144 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2145 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002146 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002147
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002149 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
2150 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2151 if (SS) {
2152 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2153 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2154 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2155 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002156
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002157 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002158 BaseExpr, false,
2159 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002160 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002161 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002162 FirstQualifierInScope,
2163 MemberName,
2164 MemberLoc,
2165 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2166 LAngleLoc,
2167 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2168 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2169 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002170 }
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002171 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002172
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002173 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2174 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002175 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002176 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002177 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002178 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2179 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002180 return ExprError();
2181
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002182 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2183 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2184 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2185 // nested-name-specifier.
2186 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002187
2188 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002189 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2190 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2191 }
2192
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002193 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002194 LookupResult Result;
2195 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC, MemberName, LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002196
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002197 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002198 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2199 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002200 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002201 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, MemberName, MemberLoc,
2202 BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002203 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002204 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002205
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002206 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2207
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002208 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002209 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002210 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002211 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002212 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002213 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002214
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002215 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2216 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2217 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2218 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2219 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2220 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002221
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002222 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2223 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2224 // error cases.
2225 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2226 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002227
Anders Carlsson0f728562009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002228 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2229 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2230 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2231 // explicitly qualified.
2232 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2233 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2234 }
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002235
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002236 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson0f728562009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002237 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002238 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002239
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002240 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002241 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2242 // (C++ [class.union]).
2243 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002244 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002245 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002246
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002247 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002248 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002249 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002250 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2251 else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002252 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2253 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2254 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2255
2256 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2257 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2258
2259 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2260 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2261 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002262 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002263
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002264 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002265 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2266 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002267 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002268 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002269 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002270
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002271 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2272 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002273 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2274 Var, MemberLoc,
2275 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002276 }
2277 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2278 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002279 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2280 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2281 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002282 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002283 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002284 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2285 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002286
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002287 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002288 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2289 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002290 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002291 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2292 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2293 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002294 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002295
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002296 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2297 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2298 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002299 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002300 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002301 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2302 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002303 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2304 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002305 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002306 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2307 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2308 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002309 Context.OverloadTy));
2310
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002311 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2312 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002313 }
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002314 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2315 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002316 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2317 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002318 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002319 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002320 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002321 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002322
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002323 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2324 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2325 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002326 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2327 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002328 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002329 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002330
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002331 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2332 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2333 // pseudo-destructor.
2334 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2335 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002336 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2337 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002338 // type.
2339 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2340 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2341 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002342
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002343 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2344 // same as the object type.
2345 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2346 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2347 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2348 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2349 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002350
2351 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002352 // the form
2353 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002354 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2355 //
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002356 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2357 //
2358 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2359 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002360
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002361 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2362 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2363 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002364 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002365 OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002366 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002367 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2368 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2369 MemberLoc));
2370 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002371
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002372 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2373 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002374 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2375 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002376 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002377 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002378 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002379 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002380 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2381
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002382 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2383 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002384 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002385
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002386 if (IV) {
2387 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2388 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2389 // error cases.
2390 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2391 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002392
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002393 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2394 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2395 return ExprError();
2396 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2397 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2398 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2399 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2400 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2401 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2402 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2403 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2404 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2405 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2406 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2407 // AST for a function decl.
2408 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002409 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002410 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2411 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2412 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2413 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2414 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2415 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002416
2417 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2418 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002419 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002420 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002421 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002422 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2423 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002424 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002425 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002426 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002427
2428 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2429 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2430 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002431 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002432 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002433 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002434 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002435 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002436 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002437 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002438 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002439 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002440 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002441 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002442
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002443 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002444 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002445 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2446 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2447 // Check the use of this declaration
2448 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2449 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002450
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002451 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2452 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2453 }
2454 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2455 // Check the use of this method.
2456 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2457 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002458
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002459 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002460 OMD->getResultType(),
2461 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002462 NULL, 0));
2463 }
2464 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002465
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002466 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002467 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002468 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002469 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2470 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002471 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002472 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002473 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2474 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2475 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002476 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002477
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002478 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002479 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002480 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2481 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2482 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002483 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002484 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002485 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002486 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2487 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002488 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002489 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2490 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002491 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002492 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2493 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002494 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002495 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2496 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2497 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002498
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002499 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002500 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2501 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002502 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2503 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002504 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002505 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2506 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2507 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002508
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002509 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2510 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2511 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002512 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2513 // selector is implemented.
2514
2515 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2516 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2517
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002518 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002519 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002520
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002521 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2522 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002523 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002524
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002525 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002526 if (!Getter)
2527 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002528 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002529 // Check if we can reference this property.
2530 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2531 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002532 }
2533 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2534 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002535 Selector SetterSel =
2536 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002537 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002538 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002539 if (!Setter) {
2540 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2541 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002542 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002543 }
2544 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002545 if (!Setter)
2546 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002547
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002548 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2549 return ExprError();
2550
2551 if (Getter || Setter) {
2552 QualType PType;
2553
2554 if (Getter)
2555 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian154440e2009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002556 else
2557 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2558 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002559 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian09105f52009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002560 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002561 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2562 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002563 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002564 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002565 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002566
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002567 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002568 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002569 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002570 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002571 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2572 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2573
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002574 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002575 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002576 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002577 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2578 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002579 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002580 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002581 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002582 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002583
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002584 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2585 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2586
2587 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2588 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2589 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002590 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002591 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002592 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002593 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002594 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2595 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2596 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2597 }
2598
2599 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002600}
2601
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002602Action::OwningExprResult
2603Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2604 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
2605 IdentifierInfo &Member,
2606 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002607 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind, MemberLoc,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002608 DeclarationName(&Member), ObjCImpDecl, SS);
2609}
2610
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002611Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2612 FunctionDecl *FD,
2613 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2614 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2615 Diag (CallLoc,
2616 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2617 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002618 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002619 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2620 } else {
2621 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2622 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2623
2624 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002625 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002626
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002627 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2628 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002629 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002630
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002631 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002632 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002633 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002634
2635 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002636 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2637 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2638 return ExprError();
2639 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002640
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002641 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002642
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002643 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2644 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2645 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002646 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002647 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002648 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002649 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2650 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2651 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2652 }
2653 }
2654
2655 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2656 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2657}
2658
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002659/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2660/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2661/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2662/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2663/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2664/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002665bool
2666Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002667 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002668 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002669 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2670 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002671 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002672 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2673 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2674 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002675 bool Invalid = false;
2676
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002677 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2678 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2679 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2680 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2681 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2682 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2683 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2684 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002685 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002686 }
2687
2688 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2689 // them.
2690 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2691 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2692 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2693 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2694 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2695 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2696 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2697 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002698 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002699 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002700 }
2701 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2702 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002703
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002704 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2705 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2706 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002707
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002708 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002709 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002710 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002711
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002712 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2713 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002714 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2715 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002716 return true;
2717
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002718 // Pass the argument.
2719 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2720 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002721 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002722 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002723
2724 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002725 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2726 FDecl, Param);
2727 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2728 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002729
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002730 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002731 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002732
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002733 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2734 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002735
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002736 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2737 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002738 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2739 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2740 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2741 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2742 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2743
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002744 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2745 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2746 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002747 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002748 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2749 }
2750 }
2751
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002752 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002753}
2754
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002755/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2756/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2757/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2758/// template arguments, etc.
2759void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
2760 NamedDecl *&Function,
2761 DeclarationName &Name,
2762 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2763 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2764 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
2765 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
2766 const TemplateArgument *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2767 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2768 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
2769 Function = 0;
2770 Name = DeclarationName();
2771 Qualifier = 0;
2772 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2773 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2774 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
2775
2776 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2777 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2778 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2779 while (true) {
2780 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2781 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2782 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2783 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2784 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2785 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2786 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2787 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2788 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2789 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2790 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
2791 } else if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
2792 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2793 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2794 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2795 Qualifier = QDRExpr->getQualifier();
2796 QualifierRange = QDRExpr->getQualifierRange();
2797 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(QDRExpr->getDecl());
2798 break;
2799 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2800 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2801 break;
2802 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
2803 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2804 Name = DepName->getName();
2805 break;
2806 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2807 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2808 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
2809 if (!Function)
2810 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
2811 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2812 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2813 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2814
2815 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2816 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2817 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2818 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2819 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2820 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2821 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2822 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2823 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2824 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2825 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2826 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2827 //
2828 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2829 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2830 // is still possible.
2831 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2832 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2833 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2834 }
2835 break;
2836 } else {
2837 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2838 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2839 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2840 break;
2841 }
2842 }
2843}
2844
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002845/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002846/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2847/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002848Action::OwningExprResult
2849Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2850 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002851 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002852 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002853
2854 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2855 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002856
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002857 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002858 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002859 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002860 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002861 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002862 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002863
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002864 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002865 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2866 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2867 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2868 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2869 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2870 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2871 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2872 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002873
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002874 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2875 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002876
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002877 NumArgs = 0;
2878 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002879
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002880 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2881 RParenLoc));
2882 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002883
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002884 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002885 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002886 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2887 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002888 bool Dependent = false;
2889 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2890 Dependent = true;
2891 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2892 Dependent = true;
2893
2894 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002895 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002896 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2897
2898 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2899 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2900 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2901 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2902
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002903 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002904 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2905 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2906 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2907 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2908 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2909 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2910 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002911 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2912 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002913 }
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002914
2915 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2916 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2917 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2918 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
2919 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType());
2920 QualType ReturnTy = FPT->getResultType();
2921
2922 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
2923 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args, NumArgs,
2924 ReturnTy.getNonReferenceType(),
2925 RParenLoc);
2926
2927 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr> TheCall(this, CE);
2928
2929 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2930 RParenLoc))
2931 return ExprError();
2932
2933 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2934 }
2935 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002936 }
2937
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002938 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002939 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002940 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002941 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002942 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2943 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2944 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002945 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2946 SourceRange QualifierRange;
2947 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
2948 ADL,HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2949 NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002950
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002951 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002952 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002953 if (NDecl) {
2954 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2955 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002956 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2957 else
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002958 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2959 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002960 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002961
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002962 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002963 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002964 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002965 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002966 ADL = false;
2967
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002968 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2969 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2970 ADL = false;
2971
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002972 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002973 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002974 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2975 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2976 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002977 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002978 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002979 if (!FDecl)
2980 return ExprError();
2981
2982 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2983 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002984 if (Qualifier)
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002985 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002986 Fn->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002987 false, false,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002988 QualifierRange,
2989 Qualifier);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002990 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002991 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002992 Fn->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002993 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2994 Fn = NewFn;
2995 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002996 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002997
2998 // Promote the function operand.
2999 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3000
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003001 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3002 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003003 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3004 Args, NumArgs,
3005 Context.BoolTy,
3006 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003007
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003008 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3009 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3010 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3011 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003012 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003013 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003014 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3015 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003016 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003017 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003018 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003019 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003020 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003021 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003022 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3023 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3024
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003025 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003026 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3027 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3028 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003029 return ExprError();
3030
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003031 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003032 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003033
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003034 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003035 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003036 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003037 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003038 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003039 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003040
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003041 if (FDecl) {
3042 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3043 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3044 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003045 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003046 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003047 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003048 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3049 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3050 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3051 }
3052 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003053 }
3054
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003055 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003056 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3057 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3058 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003059 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3060 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003061 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3062 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003063 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003064 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003065 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003066 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003067
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003068 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3069 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003070 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3071 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003072
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003073 // Check for sentinels
3074 if (NDecl)
3075 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003076
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003077 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003078 if (FDecl) {
3079 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3080 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003081
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003082 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003083 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3084 } else if (NDecl) {
3085 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3086 return ExprError();
3087 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003088
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003089 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003090}
3091
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003092Action::OwningExprResult
3093Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3094 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003095 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003096 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3097 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003098 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003099 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003100 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003101
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003102 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003103 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003104 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3105 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003106 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3107 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003108 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003109 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003110 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003111 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003112
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003113 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003114 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003115 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003116
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003117 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003118 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003119 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003120 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003121 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003122 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003123 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003124 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003125}
3126
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003127Action::OwningExprResult
3128Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003129 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3130 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3131 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003132
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003133 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003134 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003135
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003136 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003137 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003138 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003139 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003140}
3141
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003142/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003143bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003144 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003145 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3146 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003147 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003148 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3149 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003150
Eli Friedman199ea952009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003151 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003152
3153 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3154 // type needs to be scalar.
3155 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3156 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
3157 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003158 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3159 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
3160 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3161 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003162 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003163 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3164 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003165 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003166 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
3167 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003168 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003169 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003170 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003171 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3172 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3173 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3174 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3175 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3176 break;
3177 }
3178 }
3179 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3180 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3181 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003182 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003183 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003184 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003185 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003186 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003187 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003188 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003189 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003190 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3191 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003192 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003193 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
3194 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003195 return true;
3196 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
3197 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
3198 return true;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003199 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3200 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
3201 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00003202 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003203 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003204 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
3205 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3206 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3207 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3208 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3209 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3210 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3211 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3212 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3213 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3214 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003215 }
Fariborz Jahanianb5ff6bf2009-05-22 21:42:52 +00003216 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3217 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003218 return false;
3219}
3220
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00003221bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003222 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003223
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003224 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003225 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003226 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003227 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003228 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003229 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003230 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003231 } else
3232 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003233 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003234 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003235
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003236 return false;
3237}
3238
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003239bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3240 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003241
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003242 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3243 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003244 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3245 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3246 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3247 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3248 return false;
3249 }
3250
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003251 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003252 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3253 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003254 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3255 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3256 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3257 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003258 return false;
3259}
3260
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003261Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003262Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003263 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003264 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003265
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003266 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3267 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003268
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003269 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003270 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3271 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003272
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003273 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3274 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3275 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003276 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003277 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003278 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003279 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003280
3281 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003282 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003283 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003284
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003285 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3286 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003287
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003288 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3289 } else {
3290 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian31976592009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003291 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003292
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003293 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003294 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003295 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003296}
3297
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003298/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3299/// of comma binary operators.
3300Action::OwningExprResult
3301Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3302 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3303 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3304 if (!E)
3305 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003306
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003307 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003308
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003309 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3310 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3311 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003312
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003313 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3314}
3315
3316Action::OwningExprResult
3317Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3318 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3319 QualType Ty) {
3320 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003321
3322 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003323 // then handle it as such.
3324 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3325 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3326 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3327 return ExprError();
3328 }
3329
3330 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3331 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3332 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3333
3334 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3335 // braces instead of the original commas.
3336 Op.release();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003337 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003338 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3339 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003340 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003341 Owned(E));
3342 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003343 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003344 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3345 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3346 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3347 }
3348}
3349
3350Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3351 SourceLocation R,
3352 MultiExprArg Val) {
3353 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3354 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3355 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3356 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3357 return Owned(expr);
3358}
3359
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003360/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3361/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003362/// C99 6.5.15
3363QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3364 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003365 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3366 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3367 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3368
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003369 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3370 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3371 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3372 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3373 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3374 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003375
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003376 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003377 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3378 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3379 << CondTy;
3380 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003381 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003382
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003383 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003384 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3385 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003386
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003387 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3388 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003389 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3390 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3391 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003392 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003393
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003394 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3395 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003396 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3397 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003398 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003399 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003400 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003401 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003402 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003403 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003404
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003405 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003406 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003407 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3408 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3409 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3410 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3411 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3412 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3413 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3414 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3415 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003416 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003417 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003418 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3419 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003420 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003421 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003422 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3423 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003424 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003425 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003426 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003427 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3428 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003429 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003430 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3431 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3432 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3433 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3434 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3435 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3436 return LHSTy;
3437 }
3438 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3439 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3440 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3441 return RHSTy;
3442 }
3443 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3444 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3445 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3446 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3447 return LHSTy;
3448 }
3449 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3450 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3451 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3452 return RHSTy;
3453 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003454 // Handle block pointer types.
3455 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3456 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3457 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3458 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003459 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003460 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3461 return destType;
3462 }
3463 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3464 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3465 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003466 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003467 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3468 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3469 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003470 return LHSTy;
3471 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003472 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003473 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3474 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003475
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003476 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3477 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003478 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3479 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3480 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3481 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3482 // to get a consistent AST.
3483 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3484 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3485 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3486 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003487 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003488 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3489 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3490 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003491 return LHSTy;
3492 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003493 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003494 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003495
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003496 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3497 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3498 return LHSTy;
3499 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003500 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3501 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003502 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003503
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003504 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3505 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3506 // type. This allows
3507 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3508 // where B is a subclass of A.
3509 //
3510 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3511 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3512 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3513 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3514
3515 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3516 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003517 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahanian9ec22a32009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003518 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003519 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahanian9ec22a32009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003520 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003521 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003522 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003523 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003524 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003525 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3526 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3527 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3528 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3529 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003530 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3531 } else {
3532 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3533 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3534 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3535 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3536 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3537 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3538 return incompatTy;
3539 }
3540 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3541 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3542 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3543 return compositeType;
3544 }
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003545 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3546 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003547 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003548 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003549 QualType destPointee
3550 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003551 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3552 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3553 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3554 return destType;
3555 }
3556 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003557 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003558 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003559 QualType destPointee
3560 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003561 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3562 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3563 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3564 return destType;
3565 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003566 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3567 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3568 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003569 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3570 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003571
3572 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3573 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3574 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003575 QualType destPointee
3576 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003577 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3578 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3579 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3580 return destType;
3581 }
3582 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003583 QualType destPointee
3584 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003585 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3586 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3587 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3588 return destType;
3589 }
3590
3591 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3592 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3593 return LHSTy;
3594 }
3595 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3596 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3597 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3598 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3599 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3600 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3601 // to get a consistent AST.
3602 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3603 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3604 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3605 return incompatTy;
3606 }
3607 // The pointer types are compatible.
3608 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3609 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3610 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3611 // type.
3612 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3613 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3614 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3615 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3616 return LHSTy;
3617 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003618
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003619 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3620 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3621 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3622 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3623 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3624 return RHSTy;
3625 }
3626 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3627 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3628 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3629 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3630 return LHSTy;
3631 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003632
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003633 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003634 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3635 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003636 return QualType();
3637}
3638
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003639/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003640/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003641Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3642 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3643 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3644 ExprArg RHS) {
3645 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3646 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003647
3648 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3649 // was the condition.
3650 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3651 if (isLHSNull)
3652 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003653
3654 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003655 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003656 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003657 return ExprError();
3658
3659 Cond.release();
3660 LHS.release();
3661 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003662 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003663 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003664 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003665}
3666
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003667// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003668// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003669// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3670// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3671// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003672Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003673Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3674 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003675
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003676 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3677 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3678 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3679 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3680 return Compatible;
3681 }
3682
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003683 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003684 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3685 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003686
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003687 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003688 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3689 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003690
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003691 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003692
3693 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3694 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3695 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003696 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003697 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003698 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003699
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003700 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3701 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003702 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003703 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003704 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003705 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003706
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003707 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003708 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3709 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003710 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003711
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003712 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003713 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003714 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003715
3716 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003717 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3718 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003719 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003720 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003721 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003722 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3723 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3724 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3725 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3726 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3727 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3728 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3729 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3730 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3731 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3732 }
3733 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3734 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3735 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3736 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3737 }
3738 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3739 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3740 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3741 // warning can be disabled.
3742 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3743 return ConvTy;
3744 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3745 }
3746 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003747 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003748 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003749 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003750}
3751
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003752/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3753/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3754/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3755// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003756Sema::AssignConvertType
3757Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003758 QualType rhsType) {
3759 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003760
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003761 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003762 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3763 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003764
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003765 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3766 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3767 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003768
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003769 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003770
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003771 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3772 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3773 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003774
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003775 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003776 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003777 return ConvTy;
3778}
3779
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003780/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3781/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003782/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3783///
3784/// int a, *pint;
3785/// short *pshort;
3786/// struct foo *pfoo;
3787///
3788/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3789/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3790/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3791/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3792///
3793/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003794/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003795///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003796Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003797Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003798 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3799 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003800 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3801 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003802
3803 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003804 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003805
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003806 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3807 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3808 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3809 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3810 return Compatible;
3811 }
3812
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003813 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3814 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3815 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3816 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3817 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3818 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3819 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003820 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003821 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003822 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003823 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003824 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003825 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3826 // to the same ExtVector type.
3827 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3828 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3829 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3830 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3831 return Compatible;
3832 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003833
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003834 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003835 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003836 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003837 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003838 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3839 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003840 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003841 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003842 }
3843 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003844 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003845
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003846 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003847 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003848
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003849 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003850 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003851 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003852
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003853 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003854 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003855
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003856 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003857 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003858 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3859 return Compatible;
3860 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003861 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003862 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3863 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003864 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003865
3866 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003867 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003868 return Compatible;
3869 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003870 return Incompatible;
3871 }
3872
3873 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3874 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003875 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003876
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003877 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003878 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003879 return Compatible;
3880
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003881 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3882 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003883
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003884 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003885 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003886 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003887 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003888 return Incompatible;
3889 }
3890
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003891 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3892 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3893 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003894
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003895 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003896 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003897 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3898 return Compatible;
3899 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003900 }
3901 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003902 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3903 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003904 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3905 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003906 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3907 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003908 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003909 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003910 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003911 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3912 return Compatible;
3913 }
3914 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3915 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3916 return Compatible;
3917 return Incompatible;
3918 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003919 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003920 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003921 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3922 return Compatible;
3923
3924 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003925 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003926
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003927 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003928 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003929
3930 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003931 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003932 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003933 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003934 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003935 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3936 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3937 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3938 return Compatible;
3939
3940 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3941 return PointerToInt;
3942
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003943 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003944 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003945 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3946 return Compatible;
3947 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003948 }
3949 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003950 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003951 return Compatible;
3952 return Incompatible;
3953 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003954
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003955 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003956 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003957 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003958 }
3959 return Incompatible;
3960}
3961
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003962/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3963/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003964static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003965 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3966 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3967 // of the transparent union.
3968 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3969 &E, 1,
3970 SourceLocation());
3971 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3972 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3973
3974 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3975 // union type from this initializer list.
3976 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3977 false);
3978}
3979
3980Sema::AssignConvertType
3981Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3982 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3983
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003984 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003985 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3986 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003987 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003988 return Incompatible;
3989
3990 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3991 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3992 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3993 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003994 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3995 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003996 it != itend; ++it) {
3997 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3998 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3999 // 1) void pointer
4000 // 2) null pointer constant
4001 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004002 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004003 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
4004 InitField = *it;
4005 break;
4006 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004007
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004008 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4009 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004010 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
4011 InitField = *it;
4012 break;
4013 }
4014 }
4015
4016 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4017 == Compatible) {
4018 InitField = *it;
4019 break;
4020 }
4021 }
4022
4023 if (!InitField)
4024 return Incompatible;
4025
4026 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4027 return Compatible;
4028}
4029
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004030Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004031Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004032 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4033 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4034 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4035 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4036 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004037 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4038 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004039 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004040 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004041 }
4042
4043 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4044 // structures.
4045 }
4046
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004047 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4048 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004049 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4050 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004051 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004052 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4053 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004054 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004055 return Compatible;
4056 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004057
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004058 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004059 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00004060 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004061 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004062 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004063 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004064 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4065 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004066
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004067 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4068 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004069
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004070 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4071 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004072 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4073 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4074 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4075 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004076 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004077 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004078 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004079}
4080
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004081QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004082 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004083 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004084 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004085 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004086}
4087
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004088inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004089 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004090 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004091 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004092 QualType lhsType =
4093 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4094 QualType rhsType =
4095 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004096
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004097 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004098 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004099 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004100
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004101 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4102 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004103 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4104 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004105 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4106 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004107 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004108 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004109 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004110 }
4111 }
4112 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004113
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004114 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4115 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4116 bool swapped = false;
4117 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4118 swapped = true;
4119 std::swap(rex, lex);
4120 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4121 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004122
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004123 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004124 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004125 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4126 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4127 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004128 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004129 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4130 return lhsType;
4131 }
4132 }
4133 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4134 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4135 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004136 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004137 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4138 return lhsType;
4139 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004140 }
4141 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004142
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004143 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004144 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004145 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004146 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004147 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004148}
4149
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004150inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004151 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004152 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004153 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004154
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004155 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004156
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004157 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004158 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004159 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004160}
4161
4162inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004163 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004164 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4165 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4166 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4167 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4168 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004169
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004170 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004171
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004172 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004173 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004174 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004175}
4176
4177inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004178 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004179 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4180 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4181 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4182 return compType;
4183 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004184
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004185 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004186
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004187 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004188 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4189 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4190 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004191 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004192 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004193
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004194 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4195 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004196 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004197 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4198
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004199 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004200
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004201 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004202 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004203
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004204 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4205 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004206 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4207 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004208 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004209 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004210 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004211
4212 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4213 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4214 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004215 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004216 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4217 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4218 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4219 return QualType();
4220 }
4221
4222 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4223 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4224 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004225 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004226 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004227 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004228 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004229 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4230 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004231 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4232 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004233 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004234 return QualType();
4235 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004236 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4237 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4238 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4239 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4240 return QualType();
4241 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004242
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004243 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004244 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4245 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4246 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4247 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4248 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004249 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004250 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4251 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004252 return PExp->getType();
4253 }
4254 }
4255
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004256 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004257}
4258
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004259// C99 6.5.6
4260QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004261 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4262 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4263 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4264 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4265 return compType;
4266 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004267
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004268 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004269
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004270 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004271
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004272 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004273 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4274 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004275 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004276 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004277 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004278
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004279 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004280 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004281 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004282
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004283 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004284
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004285 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4286 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4287 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4288 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4289 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4290 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4291 return QualType();
4292 }
4293
4294 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4295 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4296 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4297 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4298 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004299 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004300 return QualType();
4301 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004302
4303 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4304 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4305 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004306 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004307 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004308 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004309 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004310 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004311
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004312 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4313 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4314 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4315 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4316 return QualType();
4317 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004318
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004319 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004320 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4321 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4322 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4323 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4324 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4325 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004326 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004327 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4328
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004329 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004330 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004331 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004332
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004333 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004334 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004335 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004336
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004337 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4338 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4339 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4340 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4341 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4342 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4343 return QualType();
4344 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004345
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004346 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4347 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4348 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4349 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004350 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004351 return QualType();
4352 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004353
4354 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4355 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4356 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4357 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4358 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004359 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4360 << rex->getSourceRange()
4361 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004362 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004363
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004364 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4365 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4366 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4367 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4368 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4369 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4370 return QualType();
4371 }
4372 } else {
4373 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4374 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4375 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4376 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4377 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4378 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4379 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4380 return QualType();
4381 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004382 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004383
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004384 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4385 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4386 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4387 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4388 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004389 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004390 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004391
4392 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004393 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4394 }
4395 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004396
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004397 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004398}
4399
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004400// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004401QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004402 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004403 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4404 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004405 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004406
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004407 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4408 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004409 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4410 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4411 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4412 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4413 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004414 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004415 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004416 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4417
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004418 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004419
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004420 // Sanity-check shift operands
4421 llvm::APSInt Right;
4422 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004423 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4424 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004425 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004426 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4427 else {
4428 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4429 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4430 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4431 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4432 }
4433 }
4434
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004435 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004436 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004437}
4438
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004439// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004440QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004441 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4442 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4443
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004444 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004445 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004446
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004447 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004448 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4449 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4450 else {
4451 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4452 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4453 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004454 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4455 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004456
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004457 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4458 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004459 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4460 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4461 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004462 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004463 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004464 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4465 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4466 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4467 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004468 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4469 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004470 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004471
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004472 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4473 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4474 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4475 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004476
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004477 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4478 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004479 Expr *literalString = 0;
4480 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004481 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004482 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4483 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004484 literalString = lex;
4485 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004486 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4487 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004488 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4489 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004490 literalString = rex;
4491 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4492 }
4493
4494 if (literalString) {
4495 std::string resultComparison;
4496 switch (Opc) {
4497 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4498 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4499 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4500 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4501 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4502 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4503 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4504 }
4505 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4506 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4507 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004508 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4509 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4510 "strcmp(")
4511 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4512 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004513 resultComparison);
4514 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004515 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004516
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004517 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004518 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004519
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004520 if (isRelational) {
4521 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004522 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004523 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004524 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004525 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004526 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004527 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004528 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004529
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004530 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004531 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004532 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004533
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004534 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4535 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4536 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4537 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004538
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004539 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4540 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4541 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004542 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004543 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004544 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004545 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004546 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004547
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004548 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004549 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4550 return ResultTy;
4551
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004552 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4553 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4554 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4555 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4556 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4557 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004558 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004559 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004560 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004561 if (T.isNull()) {
4562 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4563 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4564 return QualType();
4565 }
4566
4567 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4568 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4569 return ResultTy;
4570 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004571 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4572 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4573 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4574 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4575 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4576 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4577 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4578 }
4579 } else if (!isRelational &&
4580 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4581 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4582 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4583 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4584 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4585 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4586 }
4587 } else {
4588 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004589 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004590 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004591 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004592 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
4593 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004594 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004595 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004596
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004597 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004598 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004599 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004600 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004601 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4602 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004603 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004604 return ResultTy;
4605 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004606 if (LHSIsNull &&
4607 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4608 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004609 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004610 return ResultTy;
4611 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004612
4613 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004614 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004615 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4616 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004617 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4618 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4619 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4620 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4621 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4622 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4623 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4624 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004625 // types.
4626 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4627 if (T.isNull()) {
4628 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4629 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4630 return QualType();
4631 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004632
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004633 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4634 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4635 return ResultTy;
4636 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004637
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004638 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004639 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4640 return ResultTy;
4641 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004642
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004643 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004644 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004645 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4646 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004647
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004648 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004649 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004650 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004651 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004652 }
4653 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004654 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004655 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004656 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004657 if (!isRelational
4658 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4659 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004660 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004661 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004662 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004663 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004664 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4665 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4666 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004667 }
4668 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004669 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004670 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004671
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004672 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004673 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004674 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4675 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004676 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004677 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004678 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004679 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004680
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004681 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4682 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004683 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004684 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004685 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004686 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004687 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004688 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004689 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004690 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004691 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4692 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004693 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004694 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004695 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004696 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004697 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004698 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4699 if (RHSIsNull) {
4700 if (isRelational)
4701 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4702 } else if (isRelational)
4703 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4704 else
4705 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004706
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004707 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004708 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004709 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004710 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004711 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004712 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004713 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004714 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004715 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4716 if (LHSIsNull) {
4717 if (isRelational)
4718 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4719 } else if (isRelational)
4720 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4721 else
4722 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004723
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004724 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004725 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004726 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004727 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004728 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004729 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004730 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004731 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004732 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4733 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004734 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004735 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004736 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004737 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4738 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004739 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004740 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004741 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004742 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004743}
4744
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004745/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004746/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004747/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4748/// types.
4749QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004750 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004751 bool isRelational) {
4752 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4753 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004754 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004755 if (vType.isNull())
4756 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004757
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004758 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4759 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004760
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004761 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4762 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4763 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4764 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4765 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4766 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4767 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004768 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004769 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004770
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004771 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4772 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4773 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004774 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004775 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004776
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004777 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4778 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4779 // elements for floating point vectors.
4780 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4781 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004782
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004783 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004784 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004785 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004786 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004787 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004788 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4789
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004790 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004791 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004792 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4793}
4794
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004795inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004796 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004797 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004798 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004799
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004800 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004801
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004802 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004803 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004804 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004805}
4806
4807inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004808 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004809 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4810 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004811
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004812 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004813 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004814 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004815}
4816
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004817/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4818/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4819/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4820///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004821static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004822 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4823 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4824 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4825 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004826 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004827 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4828 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4829 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4830 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004831 }
4832 }
4833 return false;
4834}
4835
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004836/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4837/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4838static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004839 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004840 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004841 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004842 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4843 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004844 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4845 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004846
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004847 unsigned Diag = 0;
4848 bool NeedType = false;
4849 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4850 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4851 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004852 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004853 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4854 NeedType = true;
4855 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004856 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004857 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4858 NeedType = true;
4859 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004860 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004861 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4862 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004863 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004864 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4865 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004866 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4867 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004868 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004869 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4870 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004871 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004872 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4873 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004874 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004875 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4876 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004877 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4878 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4879 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004880 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4881 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4882 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004883 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004884
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004885 SourceRange Assign;
4886 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4887 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004888 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004889 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004890 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004891 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004892 return true;
4893}
4894
4895
4896
4897// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004898QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4899 SourceLocation Loc,
4900 QualType CompoundType) {
4901 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4902 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004903 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004904
4905 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4906 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004907
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004908 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004909 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004910 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004911 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004912 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4913 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4914 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004915 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004916 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004917 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004918 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004919
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004920 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4921 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4922 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004923 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004924 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4925 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4926 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4927 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4928 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004929 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004930 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004931 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4932 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4933 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004934 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4935 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004936 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4937 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4938 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004939 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004940 }
4941 } else {
4942 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004943 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004944 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004945
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004946 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4947 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004948 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004949
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004950 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4951 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004952 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004953 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4954 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004955 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004956 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004957 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004958}
4959
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004960// C99 6.5.17
4961QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004962 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004963 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004964
4965 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4966 // incomplete in C++).
4967
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004968 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004969}
4970
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004971/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4972/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004973QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4974 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004975 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4976 return Context.DependentTy;
4977
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004978 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4979 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004980
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004981 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4982 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4983 if (!isInc) {
4984 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4985 return QualType();
4986 }
4987 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4988 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4989 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004990 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004991 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4992 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004993
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004994 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004995 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004996 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4997 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4998 << Op->getSourceRange();
4999 return QualType();
5000 }
5001
5002 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005003 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005004 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005005 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5006 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5007 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5008 return QualType();
5009 }
5010
5011 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005012 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005013 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005014 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005015 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005016 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005017 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005018 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5019 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5020 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5021 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5022 return QualType();
5023 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005024 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5025 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5026 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005027 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005028 } else {
5029 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005030 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005031 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005032 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005033 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005034 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005035 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005036 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005037 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005038}
5039
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005040/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005041/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005042/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5043/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5044/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5045/// - &(x) => x
5046/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5047/// - &s.xx => s
5048/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5049/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5050/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5051/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005052static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005053 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005054 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00005055 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005056 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005057 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005058 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5059 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5060 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005061 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005062 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005063 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005064 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005065 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005066 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5067 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005068 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5069 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5070 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5071 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5072 }
5073 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005074 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005075 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5076 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005077
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005078 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005079 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5080 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5081 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5082 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5083 default:
5084 return 0;
5085 }
5086 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005087 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005088 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005089 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005090 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5091 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005092 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005093 default:
5094 return 0;
5095 }
5096}
5097
5098/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005099/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005100/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005101/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005102/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005103/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005104/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005105QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005106 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5107 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5108
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005109 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5110 return Context.DependentTy;
5111
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005112 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5113 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5114 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5115 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5116 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5117 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5118 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5119 }
5120 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5121 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5122 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005123 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005124 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005125
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005126 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5127 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005128 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005129 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005130 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005131 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5132 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005133 return QualType();
5134 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005135 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005136 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5137 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5138 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005139 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005140 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5141 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005142 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005143 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005144 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005145 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005146 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5147 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5148 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5149 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5150 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005151 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5152 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005153 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5154 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005155 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005156 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005157 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5158 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
5159 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005160 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5161 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005162 return QualType();
5163 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005164 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
5165 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005166 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005167 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005168 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005169 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5170 // scope qualifier for the class.
5171 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
5172 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005173 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5174 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005175 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005176 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5177 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5178 return QualType();
5179 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005180
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005181 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5182 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005183 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005184 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005185 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005186 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005187 // As above.
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005188 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
5189 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5190 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5191 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005192 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005193 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005194
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005195 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5196 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5197 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5198 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5199 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5200 }
5201
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005202 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
5203 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
5204}
5205
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005206QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005207 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5208 return Context.DependentTy;
5209
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005210 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5211 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005212
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005213 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5214 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5215 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5216 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005217 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005218 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005219
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005220 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005221 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005222
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005223 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005224 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005225 return QualType();
5226}
5227
5228static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5229 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5230 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5231 switch (Kind) {
5232 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005233 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5234 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005235 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5236 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5237 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5238 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5239 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5240 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5241 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5242 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5243 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5244 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5245 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5246 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5247 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5248 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5249 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5250 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5251 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5252 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5253 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5254 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5255 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5256 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5257 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5258 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5259 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5260 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5261 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5262 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5263 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5264 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5265 }
5266 return Opc;
5267}
5268
5269static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5270 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5271 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5272 switch (Kind) {
5273 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5274 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5275 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5276 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5277 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5278 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5279 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5280 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5281 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005282 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5283 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
5284 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
5285 }
5286 return Opc;
5287}
5288
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005289/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5290/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5291/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005292Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5293 unsigned Op,
5294 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005295 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005296 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005297 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5298 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5299 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005300
5301 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005302 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5303 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5304 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005305 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5306 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5307 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5308 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5309 break;
5310 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005311 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5312 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5313 break;
5314 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5315 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5316 break;
5317 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5318 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5319 break;
5320 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5321 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5322 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005323 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005324 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5325 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5326 break;
5327 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5328 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5329 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5330 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005331 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005332 break;
5333 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5334 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005335 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005336 break;
5337 case BinaryOperator::And:
5338 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5339 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5340 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5341 break;
5342 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5343 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5344 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5345 break;
5346 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5347 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005348 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5349 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5350 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5351 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005352 break;
5353 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005354 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5355 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5356 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5357 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005358 break;
5359 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005360 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5361 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5362 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005363 break;
5364 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005365 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5366 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5367 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005368 break;
5369 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5370 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005371 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5372 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5373 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5374 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005375 break;
5376 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5377 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5378 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005379 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5380 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5381 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5382 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005383 break;
5384 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5385 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5386 break;
5387 }
5388 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005389 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005390 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005391 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5392 else
5393 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005394 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5395 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005396}
5397
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005398// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005399Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5400 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5401 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005402 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005403 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005404
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005405 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5406 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005407
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005408 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005409 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005410 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5411 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5412 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5413 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5414 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005415 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005416 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5417 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5418 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5419 Functions);
5420 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005421 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005422 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5423 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005424 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005425
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005426 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5427 // binary operation.
5428 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005429 }
5430
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005431 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5432 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005433}
5434
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005435Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005436 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005437 ExprArg InputArg) {
5438 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005439
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005440 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005441 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005442 QualType resultType;
5443 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005444 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5445 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5446 break;
5447
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005448 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5449 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005450 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5451 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005452 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005453 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5454 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005455 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005456 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005457 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5458 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005459 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005460 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005461 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5462 break;
5463 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5464 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005465 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5466 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005467 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5468 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005469 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5470 break;
5471 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5472 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5473 break;
5474 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5475 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5476 resultType->isPointerType())
5477 break;
5478
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005479 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5480 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005481 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005482 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5483 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005484 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5485 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005486 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5487 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5488 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005489 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005490 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005491 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005492 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5493 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005494 break;
5495 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5496 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005497 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5498 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005499 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5500 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005501 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005502 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5503 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005504 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005505 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5506 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005507 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005508 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005509 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005510 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005511 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005512 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005513 resultType = Input->getType();
5514 break;
5515 }
5516 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005517 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005518
5519 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005520 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005521}
5522
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005523// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5524Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5525 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5526 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5527 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5528
5529 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5530 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5531 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5532 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5533 // the arguments.
5534 FunctionSet Functions;
5535 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5536 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5537 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5538 Functions);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005539 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005540 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5541 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5542 }
5543
5544 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5545 }
5546
5547 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5548}
5549
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005550/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005551Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5552 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5553 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005554 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005555 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005556
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005557 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5558 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005559 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005560 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005561
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005562 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005563 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5564 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005565}
5566
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005567Sema::OwningExprResult
5568Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5569 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5570 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005571 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5572 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5573
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005574 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005575 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005576 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005577
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005578 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5579 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5580 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005581
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005582 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5583 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5584 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005585
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005586 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5587 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5588 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5589 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5590 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005591
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005592 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005593 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005594 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005595
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005596 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5597 // expressions are not lvalues.
5598
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005599 substmt.release();
5600 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005601}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005602
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005603Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5604 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5605 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5606 TypeTy *argty,
5607 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5608 unsigned NumComponents,
5609 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5610 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5611 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005612 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5613 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005614 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005615
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005616 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5617
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005618 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5619 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5620 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005621 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005622 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005623
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005624 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5625 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005626
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005627 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5628 // the offsetof designators.
5629 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5630 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005631 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005632 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005633
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005634 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5635 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005636 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5637 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005638 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005639 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5640 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005641
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005642 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005643 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005644
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005645 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5646 // leaks like a sieve.
5647 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5648 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5649 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5650 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5651 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5652 if (!AT) {
5653 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005654 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5655 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005656 }
5657
5658 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5659
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005660 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5661 // expression.
5662 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5663
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005664 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5665 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005666 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005667 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005668 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005669 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005670 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005671
5672 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5673 OC.LocEnd);
5674 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005675 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005676
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005677 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005678 if (!RC) {
5679 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005680 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5681 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005682 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005683
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005684 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5685 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005686 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005687 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005688 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5689 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5690 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005691 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5692 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005693 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005694
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005695 LookupResult R;
5696 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD, OC.U.IdentInfo, LookupMemberName);
5697
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005698 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005699 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005700 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005701 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005702 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5703 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005704
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005705 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5706 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005707 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005708 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5709 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005710 } else {
5711 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5712 // doesn't matter here.
5713 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5714 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5715 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005716 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005717 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005718
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005719 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5720 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005721}
5722
5723
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005724Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5725 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5726 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005727 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5728 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5729 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005730
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005731 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005732
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005733 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5734 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5735 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5736 return ExprError();
5737 }
5738
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005739 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5740 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005741}
5742
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005743Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5744 ExprArg cond,
5745 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5746 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5747 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5748 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5749 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005750
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005751 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5752
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005753 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005754 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005755 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005756 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005757 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005758 } else {
5759 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5760 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5761 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5762 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005763 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5764 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5765 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005766
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005767 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5768 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005769 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5770 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005771 }
5772
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005773 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5774 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005775 resType, RPLoc,
5776 resType->isDependentType(),
5777 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005778}
5779
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005780//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5781// Clang Extensions.
5782//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5783
5784/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005785void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005786 // Analyze block parameters.
5787 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005788
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005789 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5790 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5791 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005792
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005793 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005794 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005795 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005796 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005797 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5798 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005799
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005800 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005801 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005802}
5803
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005804void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005805 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005806
5807 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5808 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005809 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005810 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5811
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005812 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5813 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5814 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5815 return;
5816 }
5817
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005818 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5819 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5820 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5821
5822 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5823 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005824 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005825 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005826 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005827 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005828 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5829 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005830 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005831
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005832 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5833 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5834 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5835 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5836 return;
5837 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005838 return;
5839 }
5840
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005841 // Analyze arguments to block.
5842 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5843 "Not a function declarator!");
5844 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005845
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005846 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5847 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005848
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005849 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5850 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5851 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5852 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005853 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5854 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005855 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005856 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005857 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5858 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005859 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005860 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005861 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005862 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005863 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005864 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005865 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005866 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5867 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5868 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5869 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5870 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005871
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005872 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005873 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005874 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005875 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005876 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005877 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5878 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005879
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005880 // Analyze the return type.
5881 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005882 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005883
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005884 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5885 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5886 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5887 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5888 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005889 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005890}
5891
5892/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5893/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5894void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5895 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5896 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005897
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005898 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5899
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005900 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005901 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005902 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005903 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005904}
5905
5906/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5907/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005908Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5909 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005910 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5911 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5912 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005913
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005914 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5915 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005916
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005917 PopDeclContext();
5918
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005919 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5920 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005921
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005922 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005923 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5924 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005925
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005926 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5927 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5928 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005929
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005930 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005931 QualType BlockTy;
5932 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005933 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5934 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005935 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005936 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005937 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5938 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005939
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005940 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005941 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005942 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005943
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005944 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5945 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5946 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5947 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005948
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005949 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005950 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005951 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5952 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005953}
5954
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005955Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5956 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5957 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005958 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005959 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5960 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005961
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005962 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005963
5964 // Get the va_list type
5965 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005966 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5967 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5968 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5969 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005970 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005971 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5972 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5973 } else {
5974 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5975 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005976 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005977 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005978 return ExprError();
5979 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005980
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005981 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5982 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005983 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5984 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005985 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005986 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005987
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005988 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005989 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005990
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005991 expr.release();
5992 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5993 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005994}
5995
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005996Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005997 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5998 // pointers on the target.
5999 QualType Ty;
6000 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6001 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6002 else
6003 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6004
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006005 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006006}
6007
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006008bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6009 SourceLocation Loc,
6010 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6011 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6012 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6013 bool isInvalid = false;
6014 unsigned DiagKind;
6015 switch (ConvTy) {
6016 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6017 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006018 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006019 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6020 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006021 case IntToPointer:
6022 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6023 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006024 case IncompatiblePointer:
6025 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6026 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006027 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6028 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6029 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006030 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6031 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6032 break;
6033 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006034 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6035 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6036 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6037 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6038 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6039 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6040 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6041 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6042 // C++ semantics.
6043 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6044 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6045 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006046 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6047 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006048 case IntToBlockPointer:
6049 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6050 break;
6051 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006052 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006053 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006054 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006055 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006056 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6057 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6058 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006059 case IncompatibleVectors:
6060 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6061 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006062 case Incompatible:
6063 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6064 isInvalid = true;
6065 break;
6066 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006067
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006068 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
6069 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006070 return isInvalid;
6071}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006072
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006073bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006074 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6075 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6076 if (Result)
6077 *Result = ICEResult;
6078 return false;
6079 }
6080
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006081 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6082
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006083 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006084 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6085 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6086
6087 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6088 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6089 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6090 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6091 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6092 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6093 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006094
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006095 return true;
6096 }
6097
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006098 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6099 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006100
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006101 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6102 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6103 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006104
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006105 if (Result)
6106 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6107 return false;
6108}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006109
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006110Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6111Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006112 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6113 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6114 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006115
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006116 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6117 return NewContext;
6118}
6119
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006120void
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006121Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6122 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6123 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6124
6125 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6126 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6127 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6128 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6129 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6130 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6131 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006132
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006133 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6134 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6135 I != IEnd; ++I)
6136 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6137 }
6138}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006139
6140/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6141///
6142/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6143/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6144/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6145/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6146///
6147/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6148///
6149/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6150void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6151 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006152
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006153 if (D->isUsed())
6154 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006155
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006156 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6157 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6158 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6159 // -Wunused-parameters)
6160 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6161 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006162 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006163
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006164 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6165 // an instantiation.
6166 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6167 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006168
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006169 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6170 case Unevaluated:
6171 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6172 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006173
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006174 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6175 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6176 // "used"; handle this below.
6177 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006178
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006179 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6180 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6181 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6182 // potentially evaluated.
6183 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6184 return;
6185 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006186
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006187 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006188 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006189 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006190 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6191 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6192 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006193 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006194 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006195 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6196 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6197 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006198 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6199 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6200 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006201
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006202 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6203 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6204 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6205 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6206 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6207 }
6208 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006209 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006210 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006211 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006212 if (!Function->getBody() &&
6213 Function->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6214 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6215 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6216 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6217 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6218 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6219 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6220 else
6221 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6222 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6223 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6224 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6225 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6226 else
6227 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6228 }
6229
6230 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6231 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6232 }
6233
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006234 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006235 Function->setUsed(true);
6236 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006237 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006238
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006239 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006240 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006241 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006242 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6243 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6244 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6245 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6246 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6247 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6248 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6249 }
6250 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006251
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006252 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006253
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006254 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006255 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006256 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006257}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006258
6259bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6260 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6261 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6262 return false;
6263
6264 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6265 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6266 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6267 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6268
6269 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6270 FD ?
6271 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6272 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6273 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6274 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6275 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6276 return true;
6277
6278 return false;
6279}
6280
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006281// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6282// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6283void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6284 SourceLocation Loc;
6285
6286 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6287 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6288 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6289 return;
6290
6291 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6292 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6293 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6294 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6295 return;
6296
6297 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6298 } else {
6299 // Not an assignment.
6300 return;
6301 }
6302
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006303 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006304 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006305
6306 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_condition_is_assignment)
6307 << E->getSourceRange()
6308 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6309 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6310}
6311
6312bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6313 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6314
6315 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6316 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6317
6318 QualType T = E->getType();
6319
6320 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6321 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6322 return true;
6323 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6324 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6325 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6326 return true;
6327 }
6328 }
6329
6330 return false;
6331}